2014-11-28 23:34:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 __       __   ______      _____  ________      __    __ 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								|  \  _  |  \ /      \    |     \|        \    |  \  |  \
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								| $$ / \ | $$|  $$$$$$\    \$$$$$ \$$$$$$$$    | $$  | $$
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								| $$/  $\| $$| $$___\$$      | $$   | $$ ______ \$$\/  $$
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								| $$  $$$\ $$ \$$    \  __   | $$   | $$|      \ >$$  $$ 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								| $$ $$\$$\$$ _\$$$$$$\|  \  | $$   | $$ \$$$$$$/  $$$$\ 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								| $$$$  \$$$$|  \__| $$| $$__| $$   | $$       |  $$ \$$\
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								| $$$    \$$$ \$$    $$ \$$    $$   | $$       | $$  | $$
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 \$$      \$$  \$$$$$$   \$$$$$$     \$$        \$$   \$$
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                                                         
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                                                         
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2020-06-02 01:59:27 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Copyright 2001 - 2020 by Joe Taylor, K1JT.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2020-06-21 23:24:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
										  Release: WSJT-X 2.2.2
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
										       June 22, 2020
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
										  ---------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								WSJT-X v2.2.2 is a bug fix release, mainly to incorporate the new RAC
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								section PE into the FT8/FT4/MSK144 Contest Mode for Field Day.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Stations intending to operate in Field Day (FD) are urged to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   upgrade to this release, without it you cannot set your section to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   PE, and of equal importance you cannot decode contest messages from
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   stations who are operating from PE without this upgrade.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - FT8 decoder speeded up in Normal and Fast modes. This change gives
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   a speed of decoding closer to that of v2.1.2 without compromising
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   the number of decodes. It is particularly targeted for slower
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2020-06-21 23:25:45 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   single board computer users such as the Raspberry Pi Model 3 or
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2020-06-21 23:24:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   similar.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Thanks to our user interface language translation contributors for
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   many improvements to the translated strings.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - The DX Grid field is now cleared automatically when the DX Call
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   field is changed. Care should be taken to complete entry of a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   callsign before entering a grid square.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2020-06-05 23:34:57 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
										  Release: WSJT-X 2.2.1
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
										       June 6, 2020
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
										  ---------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								WSJT-X v2.2.1 is a bug fix release that fixes regressions found in the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								prior v2.2.0 release. Here is a brief summary;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Incorporate a revised Hamlib version the address a regression in
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   rig control of some rigs including the Yaesu FT-991 and FT-891.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Repair a defect in 6 character gridsquare lookup from the CALL3.TXT
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   database, and improve "Lookup" button processing.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Repair a defect with selecting Wide Graph 2D spectrum types in
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   translated UIs.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Repair a regression that blocked the Highlight Callsign UDP request
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   from highlighting terms including a '+' character.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2020-06-06 15:15:21 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Repair a defect that caused hash code lookups of one's own call to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   fail after an extended period of inactivity, when operating with a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   non-standard callsign.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2020-06-05 23:34:57 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Repair  a  regression  where   occasional  Highlight  Callsign  UDP
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   requests with the 'Highlight last'  parameter as true highlighted a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   match in a prior period. This fix include a performance improvement
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   when  processing any  Highlight  Callsign  request with  'Highlight
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   last' as true.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Include support for the Yaesu FT-920 when controlled by Ham Radio
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   Deluxe. This change inadvertently missed the v2.2.0 GA release.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Correct a documentation issue with the UDP Message Protocol
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   Status(1) message Special Operations Mode enumeration values ("WW
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   DIGI added", Fox, and Hound renumbered). Thanks to Sam, W2JDB, for
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   raising this issue.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Updated Catalan UI translation, tnx Xavi, EA3W.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Italian UI translation, tnx Marco, PY1ZRJ.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2020-06-06 15:15:21 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Updated Spanish UI translation, tnx C<>dric, EA4AC. 
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2020-06-05 23:34:57 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2020-06-02 01:59:27 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
										   Release: WSJT-X 2.2
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
										       June 2, 2020
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
										   -------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								WSJT-X 2.2 is a program upgrade that provides a number of new features
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								and capabilities.  Here is a brief summary; for further details see
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								the notes for candidate releases 2.2.0-rc1, -rc2, and -rc3, below, and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								of course the updated WSJT-X 2.2 User Guide.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Significant improvements to the decoders for FT4, FT8, JT4, JT65,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   and WSPR.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - New format for "EU VHF Contest" Tx2 and Tx3 messages
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   When "EU VHF Contest" is selected, the Tx2 and Tx3 messages (those  
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   conveying signal report, serial number, and 6-character locator)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   now use hashcodes for both callsigns.  This change is NOT backward
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   compatible with earlier versions of _WSJT-X_, so all users of EU
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   VHF Contest messages should be sure to upgrade to version 2.2.0.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Accessibility
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   Keyboard shortcuts have been added as an aid to accessibility:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   Alt+R sets Tx4 message to RR73, Ctrl+R sets it to RRR.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   As an aid for partial color-blindness, the "inverted goal posts"
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   marking Rx frequency on the Wide Graph's frequency scale are now
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   rendered in a darker shade of green.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - User Interface Translations have been enabled.  Translations are
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   now available for Catalan, Spanish, Japanese, Chinese, and Hong
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   Kong Chinese.  Additiional languages will follow, when available.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   Note that UI translation is automatic, based on your system primary
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   language. If you do not want the WSJT-X UI translated to your local
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   language then start WSJT-X with the '--language=en' command line
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   option:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   wsjtx --language=en
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   If you wish to contribute by authoring WSJT-X UI translations
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   please join the new discussion group wsjtx-l10n@Groups.io
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   (https://groups.io/g/wsjtx-l10n), where help from other translation
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   authors and coordination with the development team is available.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Minor enhancements and bug fixes
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   "Save None" now writes no .wav files to disk, even temporarily.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   An explicit entry for "WW Digi Contest" has been added to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   "Special operating activities" on the "Settings | Advanced" tab.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   Contest mode FT4 now always uses RR73 for the Tx4 message.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   The Status bar now displays the number of decodes found in the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   most recent Rx sequence.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   The "Highlight Callsign" UDP message has been enhanced to allow
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   clearing of old highlighting for a specified callsign. Please note
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   a recommended restriction on the use of this message in the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   documentation here: https://tinyurl.com/y85nc3tg
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Hamlib - this library which we use for direct rig control has had
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   many defect repairs and enhancements, we thank the contributors to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   that project for their work.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2019-02-25 03:07:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2020-05-29 00:03:03 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
										   Release: WSJT-X 2.2.0-rc3
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
										          May 30, 2020
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
										   -------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								WSJT-X 2.2.0-rc3 is the third release candidate for WSJT-X 2.2.0.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								The most important differences from the -rc2 version are the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								correction of regressions in hamlib code that affected particular
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								radios and PTT keying by means of DTR or RTS on a COM port.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								In addition, RC3 has the following enhancements and minor bug fixes:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Updates to Catalan translation of the UI (thanks to EA3W)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Spanish translation of the UI (EA3W)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Load language translations only when matching primary language
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Minor corrections to User Guide
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Increased FT8 sync threshold in "Normal" and "Fast" decoding
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Corrected the code that restores the WideGraph, EchoGraph, and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   FastGraph windows to normal view after they have been minimized.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Don't allow restart with "ISCAT B" mode label unless VHF features
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   are enabled.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Repair regression defect in WSPR power combo box items
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2019-02-25 03:07:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2020-05-24 16:50:12 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
										   Release: WSJT-X 2.2.0-rc2
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
										          May 25, 2020
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
										   -------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								WSJT-X 2.2.0-rc2 is a release candidate for WSJT-X 2.2.0.  The
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								following bugs present in the -rc1 version have been fixed:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Missing blank line between some decode sequences.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Improper functioning of "Start new period decodes at top".
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Font selection caused crash on some macOS systems.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Mouse action in band selector box not right in some macOS systems.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Incorrect recall of Tx power setting in WSPR mode.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Many fixes to hamlib library and executables (rigctld, etc.).
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Some regional settings did not allow WSJT-X to start.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Main window "looked like old Windows" in macOS.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Crash when "Ref Spec" is selected and no refspec.dat available.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Improper decoding of some FT4 messages with hashed "MyCall".
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Crash after warning message about double-clicking in ISCAT mode.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								In addition, we have made the following improvements:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Updated some figures and text in User Guide.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Corrected some formatting issues in the pdf version of User Guide.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Added some new sample files.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Improved shape and position of "green goal post" in Wide Graph.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Significantly reduced the rate of false decodes in FT4 and FT8.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Allow FT4 to use NA VHF Contest message formats.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Hold Tx frequency no longer cleared when switching between modes.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Added capability for translations of the user interface into
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   languages other than English.  First working example (special
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   thanks to Xavi Perez, EA3W!), is Catalan.  Spanish will be next.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Performance improvements to decode highlighting via UDP messages.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								And finally:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Increasing FT8 usage on the popular bands 40, 30, and 20m means that
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								the default 3 kHz sub-bands are often wall-to-wall with signals.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Overcrowding encourages some to turn on their amplifiers, which only
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								makes things worse.  We are trying to coordinate the suggested
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								frequencies in WSJT-X with updated band plans being considered by
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								IARU, ARRL, and other amateur radio societies.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								On a trial basis, and in response to numerous suggestions from around
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								the world, we have added a second set of suggested dial frequencies
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								for FT8 on three HF bands and also on 6 meters. The new suggested dial
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								frequencies are 7.071, 10.133, 14.071, and 50.310 MHz.  These
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								frequencies will appear in your drop-down band-selector list after you
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								go to the "Settings | Frequencies" tab, right-click on the frequency
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								table, and select "Reset".  Alternatively, you can add the new FT8
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								frequencies manually.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								When the conventional FT8 sub-band on 6, 20, 30, or 40 m seems too
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								full, please try moving your dial frequency down 3 kHz!  Be aware that
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								as currently implemented, WSJT-X will set your dial to the lowest
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								frequency for the selected mode and band, when you switch bands.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								See the next section for a list of other program improvements since
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								WSJT-X 2.1.2.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2020-05-09 22:19:52 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
										   Release: WSJT-X 2.2.0-rc1
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
										          May 10, 2020
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
										   -------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								WSJT-X 2.2.0-rc1 is a beta-quality release candidate for a program
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								upgrade that provides a number of new features and capabilities.  These
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								include:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  - Improvements to the decoders for five modes:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      FT4: Corrected bugs that prevented AP decoding and/or multi-pass
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      decoding in some circumstances.  The algorithm for AP
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      decoding has been improved and extended.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      FT8: Decoding is now spread over three intervals.  The first
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      starts at t = 11.8 s into an Rx sequence and typically yields
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      around 85% of the possible decodes for the sequence.  You
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      therefore see most decodes much earlier than before.  A second
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      processing step starts at 13.5 s, and the final one at 14.7 s.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      Overall decoding yield on crowded bands is improved by 10% or
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      more.  (Systems with receive latency greater than 0.2 s will see
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      smaller improvements, but will still see many decodes earlier
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      than before.)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      JT4: Formatting and display of Averaged and Deep Search decodes
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      has been cleaned up and made consistent with other modes.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      Together with JT65 and QRA64, JT4 remains one of the digital
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      modes widely for EME and other extreme weak-signal work on
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      microwave bands.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      JT65: Many improvements for Averaged and Deep Search decodes and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      their display to the user.  These improvements are particularly
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      important for EME on VHF and UHF bands.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      WSPR: Significant improvements have been made to the WSPR
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      decoder's sensitivity, its ability to cope with many signals in
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      a crowded sub-band, and its rate of undetected false decodes.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      We now use up to three decoding passes.  Passes 1 and 2 use
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      noncoherent demodulation of single symbols and allow for
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      frequency drifts up to ±4 Hz in a transmission.  Pass 3 assumes
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      no drift and does coherent block detection of up to three
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      symbols.  It also applies bit-by-bit normalization of the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      single-symbol bit metrics, a technique that has proven helpful
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      for signals corrupted by artifacts of the subtraction of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      stronger signals and also for LF/MF signals heavily contaminated
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      by lightning transients.  With these improvements the number of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      decodes in a crowded WSPR sub-band typically increases by 10 to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      15%.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - New format for "EU VHF Contest" Tx2 and Tx3 messages
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      When "EU VHF Contest" is selected, the Tx2 and Tx3 messages
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      (those conveying signal report, serial number, and 6-character
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      locator) now use hashcodes for both callsigns.  This change is
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      NOT backward compatible with earlier versions of _WSJT-X_, so
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      all users of EU VHF Contest messages should be sure to upgrade
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      to versiion 2.2.0.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Accessibility
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      Keyboard shortcuts have been added as an aid to accessibility:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      Alt+R sets Tx4 message to RR73, Ctrl+R sets it to RRR.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      As an aid for partial color-blindness, the "inverted goal posts"
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      marking Rx frequency on the Wide Graph's frequency scale are now
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      rendered in a darker shade of green.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Minor enhancements and bug fixes
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      "Save None" now writes no .wav files to disk, even temporarily.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      An explicit entry for "WW Digi Contest" has been added to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      "Special operating activities" on the "Settings | Advanced" tab.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      Contest mode FT4 now always uses RR73 for the Tx4 message.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      The Status bar now displays the number of decodes found in the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								      most recent Rx sequence.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Release candidate WSJT-X 2.2.0-rc1 will be available for beta-testing
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								for one month starting on May 10, 2020.  We currently plan a General
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Availability (GA) release of WSJT-X 2.2.0 on June 1, 2020.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								For those looking even farther ahead: We are well along in the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								development of two new modes designed for the LF and MF bands.  One
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								mode is for WSPR-like activity and one for making 2-way QSOs.  Both
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								use Low-density Parity Check (LDPC) codes, 4-GFSK modulation, and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								two-minute T/R sequences.  The QSO mode reaches threshold SNR
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								sensitivity around -31 dB on the AWGN channel, and the WSPR-like mode
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								better than -32 dB.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2019-11-24 21:05:08 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
										   Release: WSJT-X 2.1.1
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
										     November 25, 2019
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
										   ---------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
										   
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								WSJT-X 2.1.1 is a bug fix only release addressing regressions in the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								prior v2.1.0 release.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Document rules for the UDP message protocol.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Fix bug that could cause display of a blank Settings window.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Fix message parsing to properly handle 4-character directed CQs
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Fix a potential crash in the interface to Omni-Rig.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Improve handling of unexpected rig off line status changes from
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   Omni-Rig.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Add an option to highlight unworked 2-character grid fields rather
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   than 4-character grid squares.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Fix bug that caused unwanted disabling of "Enable Tx" in Fox mode.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Log duplicate contacts in FT8 DXpedition Fox mode.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Regenerate the GFSK Tx waveform if Tx audio frequency is changed.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Fix the behavior of double-clicking on a decoded message with first
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   callsign displayed as an unresolved hash code <...>.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Fix a problem with determining "worked before" status after a band
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   change.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Updates to the WSJT-X 2.1 User Guide.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Fix a production issue with the macOS tool chain that generated
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   broken executables.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2019-07-13 23:42:09 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                   Release: WSJT-X 2.1
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                      July 15, 2019
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                   -------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                   
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								WSJT-X 2.1 is a major update that introduces FT4, a new protocol
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								targeted at HF contesting.  Other improvements have been made in the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								following areas:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  - FT8 waveform generated with GMSK, fully backward compatible
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  - user options for waterfall and spectrum display
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  - contest logging
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  - rig control
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  - user interface
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  - UDP messaging for inter-program communication
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  - accessibility
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								There are numerous minor enhancements and bug fixes.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								We now provide a separate installation package for 64-bit Windows 7
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								and later, with significant improvements in decoding speed.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                     Release: WSJT-X 2.0.1
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                       February 25, 2019
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                     ---------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2019-02-25 03:07:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2019-02-25 03:14:36 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								WSJT-X  2.0.1 is  a bug  fix  release including  the following  defect
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								repairs reported since the v2.0.0 GA release.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2019-02-25 03:07:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Remove startup message about importance of upgrading to v2.0.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Relax ADIF log file parsing to allow garbage between records and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   records with no DX callsign
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Fix bug that prevented retention of power and comments in
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   Log QSO window
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Updates to User Guide
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - MSK144 frequency defaults to 50.260 in IARU Regions 2 and 3
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Remove hexadecimal RGB values from color-configuration panel
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Fix a bounds error by not executing Fox-related code when not
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   in Fox mode
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Allow the logQSO dialog to modify "Exch Sent" or "Rcvd" when 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   operating in RTTY or NA VHF Contest mode, and to have any
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   changes flow through to N1MM Logger.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Fix several problems in handling hashed callsigns
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - More rigorous quality checking of WSPR decodes from the OSD algorithm
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Fix bug that prevented recevied signal reports from
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   compound callsigns to be logged
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Improved recognition of callsigns with /P or /R suffixes
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Do not waste time trying AP decoding of nonstandard callsigns
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Make OSD decoding work with WSPR "type 2" messages
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Retain in Tx6 message field any CQ messages like
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   "CQ xxxx K1ABC FN42", where xxxx is 1-4 letters or 1-3 digits
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Optional key bindings for F1 through F5, especially for contest use
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Include grid in Tx1 messages with hashed callsign, for example
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   "<DF2018ARDF> K1ABC FN42"
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Better formatting for the files ALL.TXT and ALL_WSPR.TXT
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Correct a flaw in validating contest exchange data when logging
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Option to always start new decode periods at top of Band
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   Activity window
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - New command "Erase WSPR hashtable" on the File menu
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Improved validation for ARRL RTTY RU and FD exchange fields
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - UDP Reference applications join a multicast group on all available
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   multicast capable network interfaces
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Minor code changes to support Qt versions >=5.10
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Changes to support x64 Windows builds in preparation for Qt v5.12
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Add "ADIF Export ..." to Fox Log's contextual popup menu
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Use ARRL-required names for VHF+ bands in exported Cabrillo log
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - New utility program rigctlcom-wsjtx (from Hamlib)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Remove temporary FT8 working frequencies from default frequency list
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - UDP protocol's Clear (3) message is made two-way, for better
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   communication with DX Lab Suite applications
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Reset QSO start time when aborting a QSO or clearing messages by ESC
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   or F4
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Correct a logging issue in Fox's ADIF log when Fox sends RR73 to more
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   than one Hound in the same Tx sequence.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2019-07-13 23:42:09 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                       Release: WSJT-X 2.0
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                        December 10, 2018
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                     -----------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2019-02-25 03:07:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								WSJT-X 2.0 is a major update that introduces new protocols for FT8 and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								MSK144.  The new protocols become the world-wide standards on December
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								10, 2018.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								WSJT-X 2.0 cannot communicate in these modes with other stations using
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								WSJT-X v1.9.1 or earlier.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Please help by urging everyone to upgrade no later than January 1, 2019.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								New features since WSJT-X v1.9.1:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								1. Compound and nonstandard callsigns are automatically recognized and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								handled using new message formats.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								2. The new FT8 protocol provides optimized message formats for North
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								American VHF contests, European VHF contests, ARRL Field Day, and ARRL
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								RTTY Roundup.  Similarly, the new MSK144 protocol provides optimized
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								message formats for North American VHF and European VHF contests.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Full support is provided for "/R" and "/P" calls in the relevant
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								contests.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								3. The new protocols provide nearly equal (or better) sensitivity
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								compared to the old ones, and lower false decode rates.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								4. New logging features are provided for contesting and for "Fox"
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								(DXpedition) mode.  Logging is optionally integrated with N1MM Logger+
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								and WriteLog.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								5. Color highlighting of decoded messages provides worked-before
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								status for callsigns, grid locators, DXCC entities, continents, CQ
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Zones, and ITU zones on a “by band” and “by mode” basis, and for
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								stations that have uploaded their logs to Logbook of the World (LoTW)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								within a specified time interval.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								6. The WSPR decoder now achieves decodes down to S/N = -31 dB.  For
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								the particular benefit of LF/MF users, an option "No own call decodes"
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								has been added.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								7. The UDP messages sent to companion programs have been expanded and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								improved.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Some details of changes since WSJT-X-rc5 include the following:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Initial load of ADIF log in background
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Correct the UTC displayed in Fox/Contest log
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Faster entry and correct scrolling for Fox/Contest log
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Add contest exchanges and contest type to UDP logged QSO message
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Fix a bug that suppressed decodes with negative DT.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - AK and HI are DXCCs, not states, for RTTY Roundup
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Fix improper truncation of some non-FT8 messages in ALL.TXT
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Various minor bug fixes and code cleanup
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Update the WSJT-X User Guide to v2.0 (more to come...)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Update cty.dat
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2019-07-13 23:42:09 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                     Release: WSJT-X 2.0-rc5
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                        November 26, 2018
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                     -----------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2019-02-25 03:07:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Release Candidate 5 ("RC5") is stable, works well, and fixes the known
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								problems in RC4.  It is likely that the General Availability (GA)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								release of WSJT-X 2.0 will be nearly identical to RC5.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Changes from WSJT-X 2.0-rc4 include the following:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 -  Make the "Auto Seq" checkbox sticky, again
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 -  Remove the 5-minute mouse timer
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 -  Correct the "worked before" logic for color highlighting
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 -  Add "No own call decodes" checkbox in WSPR mode
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 -  Display and log UTC (not local time) in contest operations
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 -  Validate contest QSO details before allowing logging
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 -  Force Aqua theme on macOS to avoid issues with Mojave dark theme
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 -  Move Fox log Reset action to Fox log window context menu
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 -  Improve layout of Working Frequencies and Station Information tables
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 -  Allow deletes and editing in Fox and Contest log windows
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 -  Add Tool Tips for Fox and Contest log windows
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 -  Fix a bug causing false AP decodes in JT65 VHF+ operation
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 -  Fix a bug that could switch unexpectedly from JT65 to JT9 mode
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								PLEASE NOTE: As far as WSJT-X 2.0 (RC4, RC5, and GA releases) are
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								concerned, signals using the old FT8 protocol are undecodable
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								interference.  This means that regenerated replicas cannot be
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								subtracted from received data, and consequently second- and third-pass
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								decodes may be impeded.  Full performance of the 77-bit decoder will
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								not be realized until most signals on a crowded band are using the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								new FT8 protocol.  
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2019-07-13 23:42:09 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                     Release: WSJT-X 2.0-rc4
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                        November 12, 2018
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                     -----------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2019-02-25 03:07:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Changes from WSJT-X Version 2.0.0-rc3 include the following:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 -  Fix the "cannot open file fort.81" bug
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 -  Avoid too many redirect loops related to openSSL support
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 -  Fix the auto-generated messages for nonstandard callsigns
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 -  Remove all support for the legacy FT8 protocol
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 -  Disallow selecting MSK144 with RTTY or Field Day messages active
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 -  Correct and expand support for color highlighting decoded messages
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 -  ESC key aborts a QSO, clears DX Call, and selects Tx6
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 -  Disable "nextCall" procedure for RTTY contest; it still needs work
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 -  Correct a flaw in handling MSK144 Sh messages
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 -  Prevent Fox from inadvertently toggling Tx 1st/Even
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 -  Re-organize the Fox/Hound/Contest selection boxes
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 -  Improve the validators for contest exchange boxes
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 -  Disable Tx after 5 minutes of no mouse movement
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 -  Remove end-of-line AP info when using contest messages
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 -  Fix forwarding of Sent and Rcvd exchanges to N1MM+ and ADIF log
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 -  Don't auto-log a QSO with incomplete exchange info
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 -  Fix two sequencing flaws after double-clicks on a decoded msg
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 -  New facilities for Contest and Fox-mode logging
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2019-07-13 23:42:09 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                     Release: WSJT-X 2.0-rc3
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                        October 15, 2018
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                     -----------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2019-02-25 03:07:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Changes from WSJT-X Version 2.0.0-rc2 include the following:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Improved SNR calculation for FT8
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Test grid4 (not grid6) for matches in ADIF log
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Auto-generate 77-bit messages for callsigns with /R or /P
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Fix auto-sequencing for "CQ ABC ...", "CQ ABCD ...", etc.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Fix the "CQ RU RU ..." bug
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Implement AP decoding for contest messages and for Hound 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Check Field Day and RTTY Roundup exchanges for validity
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Implement "Select next caller" and use of "TU; ..." messages
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Option to "auto log" in contests
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Real-time display of contest log
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Contest exchanges sent to ADIF log and N1MM+
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Function to export  Cabrillo log
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Convert DXpedition mode to always use 77-bit messages
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 -  Fix bug associated with opening "houndcallers.txt"
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 -  Remove end-of-line numbers from MSK144 decodes
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 -  Finish MSK144 encoding/decoding for Sh msgs and nonstandard calls
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 -  Halt Tx before resetting power after Tune
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 -  Auto update of LoTW info, and faster program startup
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2019-07-13 23:42:09 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                     Release: WSJT-X 2.0-rc2
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                        September 25, 2018
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                     -----------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2019-02-25 03:07:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Changes from WSJT-X Version 2.0.0-rc1 include the following:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Corrected a flaw that encoded a message's first callsign as
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   hexadecimal telemetry data if the call consisted only of letters
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   A-F and digits 0-9.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Corrected program logic that failed to identify certain callsigns
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   as "nonstandard".
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Fixed a bug that color-highlighted bare CQ messages (no grid
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   locator) as "New DXCC".
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Fixed a bug that failed to log Report Sent if MyCall is a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   nonstandard call.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Fixed a bug that generated incorrect MSK144 tones for certain
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   messages and caused a "memory" effect on stations receiving the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   incorrect tones.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Fixed several bugs that could cause certain Tx messages to crash
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   the program.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Suppressed the display of certain illogical false decodes.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2019-07-13 23:42:09 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                     Release: WSJT-X 2.0-rc1
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                        September 17, 2018
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                     -----------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2019-02-25 03:07:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								This is the first candidate release on WSJT-X 2.0, intended for
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								beta-level testing.  For details see:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								http://physics.princeton.edu/pulsar/k1jt/New_Features_WSJT-X_2.0.txt
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								http://physics.princeton.edu/pulsar/k1jt/Quick_Start_WSJT-X_2.0.pdf
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								http://physics.princeton.edu/pulsar/k1jt/77bit.txt
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2015-05-01 19:05:31 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2019-07-13 23:42:09 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                   Release: WSJT-X Version 1.9.1
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                           June 1, 2018
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                   -----------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2018-06-22 13:19:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								This critical bug fix release repairs an unintended restriction in the FT8
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								DXpedition mode. It supersedes v1.9.0 and must be used for DXpedition Fox
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								operators.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2019-07-13 23:42:09 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                   Release: WSJT-X Version 1.9.0
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                           May 28, 2018
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                   -----------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2018-06-22 13:19:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Changes from WSJT-X Version 1.9.0-rc4 include the following:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Display in the right text window of MSK144 messages addressed to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  "MyCall" has been restored.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Fox is not allowed to transmit in any of the default FT8 sub-bands.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Fox can now work Hounds using compound callsigns.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Fox can now transmit free-text messages (and any standard FT8 message)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  by using Tab 1 or Tab 2.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Added a checkbox to enable more frequent programmed CQs by Fox.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  Default is OFF.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Alt+N keyboard shortcut has been restored.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- MacOS program crash on unexpected decode request has been fixed.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Several minor bug fixes and added convenience features.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Hamlib, support for TRXManger added.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Hamlib, improved support for flrig.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2019-07-13 23:42:09 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                Release: WSJT-X Version 1.9.0-rc4
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                         April 30, 2018
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                ---------------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2018-06-22 13:19:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Changes from WSJT-X Version 1.9.0-rc3 include the following:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Corrected a number of flaws in Fox and Hound behavior, FT8
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  DXpedition Mode
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Decoded CQ calls where a prefix has been used as a suffix should
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  have the DXCC entity name assigned correctly in almost all cases
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Improved AFC capability for the wider JT65 sub-modes to help with
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  drifting signals
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Better support for macOS using hi-DPI Retina displays
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- New UDP message that allows external applications to highlight
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  decoded callsigns
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Main-screen geometry and state of the "splitter" setting between its
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  two text windows is now properly restored after program restart.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- New simulator jt49sim[.exe] replaces jt4sim and jt9sim
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Correct S/N measurements for the JT9 slow/wide submodes
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Other minor bug fixes
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Updated copy of cty.dat
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2019-07-13 23:42:09 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                Release: WSJT-X Version 1.9.0-rc3
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                         March 18, 2018
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                ---------------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2018-06-22 13:19:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Changes from WSJT-X Version 1.9.0-rc2 include the following:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Corrected a number of flaws in Fox behavior, FT8 DXpedition Mode
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Allow Hounds to use compound callsigns
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Write debugging information to FoxQSO.txt.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Fix the "Blue Decode Button" bug
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Allow partial processing of incoming UDP Reply messages so that
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  non-CQ/QRZ decodes can be processed. The processing is the same as
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  double-clicking the same decoded message within WSJT-X except that
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  "Enable Tx" will not be enabled.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Send DX grid locator to wsjt_status.txt, for use by applications like
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  PstRotatorAZ
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Correct the display of DXCC status of KG4 calls
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Updated copy of cty.dat
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Updates to documentation
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Other minor bug fixes
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- This release contains updated Hamlib functionality including changes
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  to the Yaesu FT-817 back end that allows the uBITx kit transceiver
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  to be CAT controlled by WSJT-X.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2019-07-13 23:42:09 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                Release: WSJT-X Version 1.9.0-rc2
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                        February 26, 2018
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                ---------------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2018-06-22 13:19:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Changes from WSJT-X Version 1.8.0 include the following:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- New FT8 DXpedition Mode to facilitate high QSO rates in pileup
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  situations
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Decoding improvements for JT65 mode, including a priori (AP)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  decoding when VHF/UHF/Microwave features are enabled
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Optional Auto-Sequencing in JT4, JT9, and JT65 when
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  VHF/UHF/Microwave features are enabled
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Better suppression of low-confidence false decodes generated by AP
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  decoding in FT8 mode
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Improved decoding performance for WSPR mode, especially effective at
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  LF and MF
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Minor adjustments to auto-sequencing behavior
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- More flexible Doppler control features for EME
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Improved waterfall sensitivity for very weak signals
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Automatic real-time forwarding of logged information to N1MM Logger+
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Expanded and improved UDP messages sent to companion programs
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Bug fixes and other minor tweaks to user interface
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								A primary purpose of this beta release is to allow field testing of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								FT8 DXpedition Mode.  Instructions for this mode are posted here:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								http://physics.princeton.edu/pulsar/k1jt/FT8_DXpedition_Mode.pdf
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Contacts in FT8 DXpedition Mode must use WSJT-X v1.9.0 at both ends of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								the QSO.  Please report any anomalous behavior to email list
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								wsjt-devel@lists.sourceforge.net.  You must be a subscriber in order
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								to post there.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2019-07-13 23:42:09 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                Release: WSJT-X Version 1.8.0
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                       October 27, 2017
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                -----------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2018-06-22 13:19:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								This is the full General Availability release of WSJT-X Version 1.8.0.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Changes from WSJT-X Version 1.8.0-rc3 are very minor:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Right-click on the Wide Graph now pops up a Context Menu.  Select
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   the item *Set Rx & Tx Offset* to complete a one-handed setting of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   both red and green frequency markers.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								 - Several clarifications and additions to Tool Tips and the User Guide.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								We recommend that all users should upgrade to WSJT-X Version 1.8.0.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								If you upgrade from v1.8.0-rc1 it may be necessary to do a one-time
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								reset of the default list of suggested operating frequencies.  Go to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								*File->Settings->Frequencies*, right click on the table and select
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								*Reset*.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2019-07-13 23:42:09 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                Release: WSJT-X Version 1.8.0-rc3
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                        October 16, 2017
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                ---------------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2018-06-22 13:19:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Most (but not all) changes since Version 1.8.0-rc2 involve user
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								control of the increasingly popular FT8 mode.  The "RC3" release also
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								includes minor bug fixes and updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.  
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								The following list includes all of the more important changes:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- New optimization of GUI for simplex and split behavior in FT8 mode.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    1. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabeled "Hold Tx Freq".
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    2. Double-clicking on decoded messages that do not contain your own
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.  If the first callsign is
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    your own call, only Rx freq moves.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    3. Double-clicking on decoded messages moves the Rx frequency.  If
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    held down.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    4. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    before: Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    both on CTRL-click.  This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    checked. 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Add a semi-automated "FreqCal" procedure: see *Solve for calibration
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								parameters* on the Tools menu.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Improv auto-sequencing behavior: stop and on-frequency
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								transmission if a called station comes back to someone else.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Improve S/N estimation in some situations involving QRM.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Fix an initialization issue with user-modified application fonts.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Fix an issue with Tx5 message generation with Type 2 compound calls.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Enhance and improve the ADIF parser of logbook records.  Update
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								the band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Increase the FT8 DT range to +/- 2.5 s.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								window.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Add an "Erase" item to the context (right-click) menu for decoded
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								text.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Extend UDP messages with an "off air" boolean field indicating that
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								the decode was derived from a .WAV file playback rather than an on air
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								reception.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Extend reference applications to use the new off air decode message
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								field.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Improve performance of FT8 decoder, especially for overlapping
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								signals.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 and slow JT9
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								modes.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen.  Query the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								operator if d > 10000 km.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Adjust UI to improve portability with font size changes and between
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								platforms.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Extend UDP Reply message to support keyboard modifiers.  This allows
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on decoded
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								messages, e.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ call
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Update the cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017).
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Ensure that Fast Graph is properly initialized.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Better handling of worked before and country name display.  Appended
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps in which
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								case the appended information floats to the right.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Display Echo Graph automatically when Echo mode is started.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Fix a bug that prevented double-click on a JT65 EME-style "OOO"
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								message from populating the Tx message boxes.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Fixed behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Update the "blank line" divider with band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Add some further Copyright protections.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								- Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2019-07-13 23:42:09 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                Release: WSJT-X Version 1.8.0-rc2
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                        September 2, 2017
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                ---------------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2018-06-22 13:19:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Implementation of FT8 and its auto-sequencing feature is now more
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								capable and more polished.  The decoder is faster and better: it now
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								includes signal subtraction, multi-pass decoding, and the use of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								accumulated "a priori" information as a QSO progresses.  Sensitivity
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								extends downward as far as -24 dB in some circumstances.  Overlapping
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								signals 2 and 3 deep are frequently decoded at essentially the same
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								frequency.  On a crowded band we sometimes see more than 30 decodes in
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								a single 15-second interval, over a 2 kHz window.  The North American
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								VHF Contesting Mode has been extended to include both FT8 and MSK144
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								modes.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								The "RC2" release also includes many minor bug fixes and an
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								extensively updated WSJT-X User Guide.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Depending on what code revision you upgrade from, it may be necessary 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								to do a one-time reset of the default list of suggested operating 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								frequencies.  Go to *File->Settings->Frequencies*, right click on 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								the table and select *Reset*. 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2019-07-13 23:42:09 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                Release: WSJT-X Version 1.8.0
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                -----------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2018-06-22 13:19:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								NEW FEATURES IN WSJT-X Version 1.8.0
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								------------------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								1.  New mode called FT8: sensitivity down to -20 dB on the AWGN
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    channel; QSOs 4 times faster than JT65 or JT9; auto-sequencing
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    includes an option to respond automatically to first decoded
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    reply to your CQ.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								2.  New mode for accurate Frequency Calibration of your radio.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								3.  Improved performance of decoders for JT65, QRA64, and MSK144.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    MSK144 includes facilities for amplitide and phase equalization
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    and an "SWL" mode for short-format messages.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								4.  Options to minimize screen space used by Main and Wide Graph
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    windows.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								5.  Enhanced management scheme for table of operating frequencies, and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    a new set of default frequencies specific to the three IARU
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    Regions.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								6.  Improved CAT control for many rigs, including those controlled
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    through Commander or OmniRig.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								7.  New keyboard shortcuts to set "Tx even/1st" ON or OFF.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								8.  A number of (mostly minor) bug fixes and tweaks to the user
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    interface.  For example: new behavior for the audio level slider;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    correctly logged QSO start times in certain situations; correct
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    control of FT-891/991 and some other radios via rigctld.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								At the time of the v1.8.0-rc1 release the following tasks are yet to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								be completed:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								1.  Updates to WSJT-X User Guide.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								2.  Sample files for FT8.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								3.  Enhanced decoding using AP ("a priori") information.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								4.  Signal subtraction and multi-pass decoding.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								5.  Option to Auto-respond to the weakest responder to your CQ.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Installation packages for Windows, Linux, OS X, and Raspbian can be 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								downloaded from the WSJT web site:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								http://physics.princeton.edu/pulsar/K1JT/wsjtx.html
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Please send bug reports to either wsjtgroup@yahoogroups.com or
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								wsjt-devel@lists.sourceforge.net.  Such reports should include a full
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								prescription of steps to reproduce the undesired behavior.  You must
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								be a subscriber to post to either of these lists.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2019-07-13 23:42:09 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                Brief Description of the FT8 Protocol
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                -------------------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2018-06-22 13:19:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								WSJT-X Version 1.8.0 includes a new mode called FT8, developed by K9AN
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								and K1JT.  The mode name "FT8" stands for "Franke and Taylor, 8-FSK
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								modulation".  FT8 uses 15-second T/R sequences and provides 50% or
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								better decoding probability down to -20 dB on an AWGN channel.  An
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								auto-sequencing facility includes an option to respond automatically
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								to the first decoded reply to your CQ.  FT8 QSOs are 4 times faster
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								than those made with JT65 or JT9.  FT8 is an excellent mode for HF
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								DXing and for situations like multi-hop E_s on 6 meters, where deep
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								QSB may make fast and reliable completion of QSOs desirable.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Some important characteristics of FT8:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  - T/R sequence length: 15 s
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  - Message length: 75 bits + 12-bit CRC
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  - FEC code: LDPC(174,87)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  - Modulation: 8-FSK, tone spacing 6.25 Hz
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  - Constant-envelope waveform
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  - Occupied bandwidth: 50 Hz
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  - Synchronization: 7x7 Costas arrays at start, middle, and end
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  - Transmission duration: 79*1920/12000 = 12.64 s
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  - Decoding threshold: -20 dB; several dB lower with AP decoding
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  - Multi-decoder finds and decodes all FT8 signals in passband
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  - Optional auto-sequencing and auto-reply to a CQ response
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  - Operational behavior similar to JT9, JT65
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								We plan to implement signal subtraction, two-pass decoding, and use of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								a priori (AP) information in the decoder.  These features are not yet
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								activated in v1.8.0.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								We haven't yet finalized what the three extra bits in the message
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								payload will be used for.  Suggestions are welcome!
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2019-07-13 23:42:09 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								        -- Joe, K1JT, for the WSJT Development Team
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								        
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2015-11-18 00:00:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								WSJT-X v1.6.0 Release Notice
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								============================
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								New Features
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								WSPR  mode, including  coordinated  automatic band-hopping  and a  new
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								two-pass decoder that can decode overlapping signals.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								EME-motivated features  including JT4  (submodes A-G), Echo  mode, and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								automatic Doppler  tracking.  The JT4  decoder is more  sensitive than
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								that in  the latest  WSJT, and message  averaging is  fully automated.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								(Note that submodes  JT65B and JT65C are also present  in Version 1.6,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								but the high-sensitivity decoder required for EME with JT65 is not yet
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								included.)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Tools for accurate frequency calibration of  your radio, so you can be
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								always on-frequency to within about 1 Hz.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Mode-specific  standard   working  frequencies  accessible   from  the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								drop-down band selector.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Maintenance
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								-----------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								A  number  of   corrections  to  the  Hamlib   library,  fixing  balky
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								rig-control  features.    A  few   unreliable  features   peculiar  to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								particular radios have been removed.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2015-05-01 19:05:31 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								WSJT-X v1.5.0 Release Notice
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								============================
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Decoder Performance Improvements
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								--------------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								The most notable change in v1.5.0 is improved speed and quality of the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								JT9 and JT65 decoders.  Algorithms have been fine-tuned, and advantage
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								is taken of the multiple CPUs  found on most modern computers. Overall
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								speedup factors of  three or more have been attained  since the v1.4.0
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								release and more signals are being successfully decoded as well.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								For  those  interested, here's  a  summary  of  speed tests  of  three
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								benchmark  versions  of  WSJT-X,  based on  reading  and  decoding  an
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								identical  set of  10,682 *.wav  files.   The files  were recorded  on
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								various bands from 160 m to 10 m; the number of decodable JT65 signals
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								is typically about  5 times the number of JT9  signals.  For each test
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								the program was set to "JT9+JT65"  mode with "Deepest" selected on the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								*Decode* menu.   Other setup parameters  were identical in  all cases.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								The test  computer runs Windows 7  and has an Intel  i5-2500 processor
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								with 4 CPUs.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Columns  labeled "JT9"  and "JT65"  in  the following  table give  the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								number of decoded signals in each  mode.  Numbers in the "Time" column
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								are total  processing time  in seconds,  and columns  labaled "Factor"
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								give ratios of the corresponding numbers, relative to WSJT-X v1.3.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Program Version  JT9 Factor   JT65 Factor   Time Factor
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								-------------------------------------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								v1.3 r3673      7691  1.000  40831  1.000  14061  1.00
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								v1.4.0          7693  1.000  41796  1.024  13320  1.06
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								v1.5.0-rc1      8024  1.043  43946  1.076   4224  3.32
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								On the  benchmark computer the  decoder in  v1.5.0-rc1 is more  than 3
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								times faster than the ones in  program releases v1.3 r3673 and v1.4.0.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								At the  same time, the number  of decoded signals has  increased by as
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								much as 7.6%.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Users will notice another consequence  of taking advantage of multiple
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								CPUs.  JT65  and JT9 decodes in  dual "JT9+JT65" mode are  now done in
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								parallel, so decodes  are delivered to the Rx activity  window as they
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								are decoded rather than finishing the current mode before starting the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								other mode.   Decoding at the  QSO frequency is still  given priority,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								but it may not be the first decode displayed because the first decodes
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								of the other mode may be produced more quickly.  Dual mode decodes are
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								now interleaved in the Rx activity window.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								UDP Broadcast
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								-------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								WSJT-X v1.5.0 introduces a new facility that broadcasts status, decode
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								and logged  QSO information  via the  network. Although  this facility
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								gives  no obvious  change  to the  application other  than  a few  new
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								settings options, it should allow cooperating applications to interact
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								with WSJT-X  far more smoothly  than the current file  based mechanism
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								which  is prone  to  contention.  The file  access  contention can  be
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								detrimental to both WSJT-X and the cooperating application whereas the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								new broadcast mechanism will not.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Currently the only only cooperating application we know of is JTAlertX
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								by Laurie VK3AMA and that currently  uses the file based mechanism. We
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								hope that  Laurie will try the  new mechanism but we  will continue to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								provide the file based mechanism as well. We also know of at least one
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								other application in development for the Apple Mac platform to provide
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								similar features to  JTAlertX. A contribution for Linux  would also be
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								most welcome.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Rig Control
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								-----------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								This continues  to be  an area  of development.  There are  still many
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								untested combinations of equipment since we  have to wait until a user
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								tries WSJT-X for the first time with each combination before we can be
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								sure that any defects have been  removed. Hundreds of hours of testing
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								have been done and we thank those who have reported issues and offered
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								their time to test fixes where necessary.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								FlexRadio & HPSDR Users
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								-----------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Currently the  Hamlib library that  we use  for direct CAT  control of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								your  rigs does  not  provide  a fully  functioning  driver for  these
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								radios. Instead the TS-2000 emulation mode  of these SDRs must be used
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								as the Hamlib driver for this  has tweaks added to cooperate correctly
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								with SDRs.  Version  v1.4 of WSJT-X did not work  with these radios in
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								TS-2000 emulation mode  and at the time we were  not informed of that,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								it  appears to  have become  common  knowledge that  using the  TS-480
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								emulation mode was  the correct procedure, this  is incorrect although
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								it did work at the time.  The  TS-480 emulation may cease to work in a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								future version because it  is due to a defect in  Hamlib that it works
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								at all. The TS-2000 emulation mode is the correct selection and should
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								be used with these radios.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Generated Messages for Type 1 and Type 2 Compound Callsigns
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								-----------------------------------------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								This is  a complex  area because  it requires  special action  by both
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								parties in a  QSO since the automatically  generated standard messages
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								are not always suitable. We have tried to improve the standard message
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								generation and recognition  along with better recognition  of own call
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								messages. As before it is imperative that operators take note of their
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								QSO partners responses  and be prepared to manually  edit replies when
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								communicating with compound callsign stations.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-11-28 23:34:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                                                         
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2015-05-01 19:05:31 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								WSJT-X v1.4.0 Release Notice
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								============================
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Migration of User Files
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								-----------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								This  release includes  a new  install mechanism  that separates  user
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								files  from installation  and  program files.  This  means that  going
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								forward  upgrades  will be  seamless  with  user files  preserved  and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								automatically  carried forward  without  user  intervention. For  this
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								release only it  is necessary to move your user  files manually if you
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								wish to  preserve them. The locations  of user files have  changed and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								now vary depending  on the installation platform.  The following notes
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								are intended  to guide you  in moving your user  files, this is  a one
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								time action.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								On Microsoft Windows:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								The  new  location  for  user  files is  %LOCALAPPDATA%  which  is  an
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								environment variable defined automatically by Windows, you may use the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								environment variable  any place  where a file  path would  normally be
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								used e.g.   in the location entry  bar in Windows File  Explorer or in
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								arguments to command line programs from a Command Prompt window.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								On Linux and other Unix systems:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								The new location for user files ~/.local/share
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								On Mac:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								The new location for user files is ~/Library/Application\ Support
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								In all cases  the files are stored in a  subdirectory which by default
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								is WSJT-X
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								In the case of users who run  multiple instances of WSJT-X on a single
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								computer   there  are   different   user  file   locations  for   each
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								instance. The non-default locations are in sibling subdirectories each
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								suffixed by  the rig name  argument passed  to WSJT-X at  startup (See
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Running Multiple Instances below).
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								The user  files that you  may wish to  migrate from older  versions of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								WSJT-X are:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  ALL.TXT
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  CALL3.TXT
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  wsjtx.log
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  wsjtx_log.adi
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								The format of each  of these files is unchanged in  WSJT-X v1.4 so all
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								that is  needed is to  copy them to the  new location.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								For example on  Microsoft Windows assuming a  WSJT-X v1.3 installation
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								in C:\WSJT\wsjtx-1.3, using a command prompt window:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  copy C:\WSJT\wsjtx-1.3\ALL.TXT %LOCALAPPDATA%\WSJT-X\
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  copy C:\WSJT\wsjtx-1.3\CALL3.TXT %LOCALAPPDATA%\WSJT-X\
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  copy C:\WSJT\wsjtx-1.3\wsjtx.log %LOCALAPPDATA%\WSJT-X\
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  copy C:\WSJT\wsjtx-1.3\wsjtx_log.adi %LOCALAPPDATA%\WSJT-X\
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								On Linux:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  cp ~/wsjtx-1.3/ALL.TXT ~/.local/share/WSJT-X/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  cp ~/wsjtx-1.3/CALL3.TXT ~/.local/share/WSJT-X/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  cp ~/wsjtx-1.3/wsjtx.log ~/.local/share/WSJT-X/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  cp ~/wsjtx-1.3/wsjtx_log.adi ~/.local/share/WSJT-X/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								On Mac:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  cp ~/wsjtx-1.3/ALL.TXT ~/Library/Application\ Support/WSJT-X/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  cp ~/wsjtx-1.3/CALL3.TXT ~/Library/Application\ Support/WSJT-X/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  cp ~/wsjtx-1.3/wsjtx.log ~/Library/Application\ Support/WSJT-X/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								  cp ~/wsjtx-1.3/wsjtx_log.adi ~/Library/Application\ Support/WSJT-X/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								If you have a customized cty.dat  file installed, then that too should
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								be copied to the new directory.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Settings
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								--------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								WSJT-X v1.4 introduces a new settings  regime. There is no facility to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								migrate  settings  from  prior  versions  and  copying  the  wsjtx.ini
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								settings file to  the new user files location will  not carry over any
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								useful information.   The new settings  dialog is very  different from
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								prior versions but it is intuitive and will not take long to configure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								for you equipment and preferences.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Running Multiple Instances
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								--------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								For users  with multiple radios  or multi-receiver SDRs  WSJT-X offers
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								multiple  instance  support.   Prior  to  WSJT-X  v1.4  this  involved
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								installing the application multiple  times in separate locations, this
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								is  no longer  necessary and  multiple instances  MUST be  run from  a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								single installation. This is possible  as user and other writable data
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								files are stored in a unique location for each instance.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								WSJT-X  has  a  new  command line  option  that  coordinates  multiple
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								instances called --rig-name (-r for  short) which allow you to specify
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								a unique key for each instance.  If no --rig-name option is supplied a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								default  location is  used  for  writable files  as  specified in  the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Migrating of User  Files section above. If a key  is provided then the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								same key  must be used  every time that instance  is started so  as to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								associate it with the correct data files.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								If the  unique key were ft-857  then you must start  WSJT-X using that
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								key e.g.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   wsjtx --rig-name=ft-857
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								and the data files will be stored in a directory "WSJT-X - ft-857" for
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								example on Windows:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   "%LOCALAPPDATA%\WSJT-X - ft-857\"
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Multiple instance support  may also be used if more  than one operator
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								uses the same computer with their own call signs, or a single operator
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								who  operates  in multiple  locations  with  different call  signs  or
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								wishing to maintain separate log files for each location.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Known Issues
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Editing station details in the  frequencies tab of the settings window
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								may not  save the changes to  the settings file. Updates  will show in
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								the settings tables until application exit  but may not be used by the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								application.  A workaround  is  available, delete  the  whole row  and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								re-enter  the details  rather  than editing  individual fields.   This
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								defect is resolved in the next release (v1.5).
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2019-07-13 23:42:09 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								                        WSJT-X ChangeLog
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-11-28 23:34:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								------------------------------------------------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								October 7, 2013: Version 1.2.1, r3590
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Windows Vista has a broken rate converter which gets invoked when an
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								input audio stream at 48kHz sample rate is requested.  To correct this
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								problem, WSJT-X revision 3590 reverts to input sampling at 12000 Hz by
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								default when run under Vista.  All other platforms use 48000 Hz sample
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								rate for both input and output.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								October 3, 2013: Version 1.2.1, r3587
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								1. Input sample rate is now uniformly 48000 Hz on all supported
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								platforms.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								2. Properly handle DNS lookup failures for PSKreporter site.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								3. Clear the logbook "Name" field after logging a QSO.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								4. Add tuning paramegters for better audio performance on some machines.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								5. Improved handling of displayed text when larger fonts are used.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								6. Fix message truncation when a callsign is unexpectedly long.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								7. Fix the "stuck decode" bug experienced by some users.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								8. Remove the bogus error message sometimes printed upon program exit.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								August 17, 2013: Version 1.2, r3563
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								------------------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Changes since revision 3556 include the following:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								1. Fix bug preventing program restart with "+2 kHz" already set.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								2. Fix bug causing problems if program is installed in a directory
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								with embedded space(s) in the name.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								3. Fixed an audio input problem (seen on some computers) by moving
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								audio input to the audio thread, running at High Priority.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								4. Re-enabled the capability for running multiple instances.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								August 16, 2013: Version 1.2, r3556
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								------------------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Changes since code revision 3520 include the following:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								1. Audio I/O now uses Qt's built-in multimedia library inatead of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								PortAudio.  User options are provided for input (mono/left/right) and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								output (mono/left/right/both), and a digital attenuation slider to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								control Tx audio level.  In "Split Tx" mode, Tx signals are now
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								cleaner because Tx audio is constrained to the range 1500 - 2000 Hz.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								2. Windows reports to PSKReporter now use our own code, rather than
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								PSKReporter.dll.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								3. Many new optional palettes for waterfall colors, selectable from a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								drop-down list on the Wide Graph window.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								4. Fixed bug causing misalignment of Cumulative spectrum when start
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								frequency is not 0.  Decoding begins at start frequency rather than 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								0 Hz.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								5. Tx message #6 is now selected at program startup.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								6. Faster logbook lookup when "Show DXCC entity and worked B4 status"
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								is selected.  Also better ADIF compatibility and better text alignment
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								in left and right text windows.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								7. Improved Tool Tips for on-screen controls.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								8. Various other code changes for uniformity across platforms, ease of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								maintenance, and good programming practice.  (Most of these will be
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								invisible to users.)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								9. Program is now built with the latest Qt, version 5.1.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								10. Updates to User's Guide.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								August 2, 2013: Version 1.1.1, r3520
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								------------------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Improvements since Version 1.1, r3496 include the following:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								1. New organization of the "Band Settings" tab on the configuration
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								screen, including antenna descriptions for PSK Reporter on a "per
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								band" basis.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								2. Full control is provided for DTR and RTS lines on the serial port
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								used for CAT control.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								3. Optional user control of font sizes.  Use a text editor to create a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								file "fonts.txt" in the WSJT-X installation directory.  It should have
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								four numbers on a single line.  The first two are point size and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								weight (0-100 scale) for GUI labels, the next two are point size and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								weight for the decoded text windows.  For example, try "9 50 12 100".
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								4. New user control at bottom of Wide Graph window sets the start
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								frequency of the waterfall scale.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								5. New optional palette "gray1" for the waterfall.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								6. The small colored button just right of the "+2 kHz" checkbox now
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								shows the letter "S" if "Split Tx" has been checked.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								7. New user option appends DXCC country name and "QSO B4" status to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								decoded CQ messages.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								8. Setting of dial frequencies through Commander should should now
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								be aware of local convention for decimal separator.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								9. Several minor bug fixes.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								10. Refactoring of code to move audio input.output into the GUI thread.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								(Should be invisible to users).
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								11. Updated credits displayed in the "About" window.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								12. Updated User's Guide.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								July 19, 2013: Version 1.1, r3496
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								---------------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								This is a full release of WSJT-X Version 1.1.  It provides an easy way
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								to make QSOs in both JT65 and JT9 modes.  
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Changes from the most recent beta release, r3487, include the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								following:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								1. Significant optimizations of the JT9 decoder, providing speed 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								improvements up to 5 times.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								2. Frequency-setting through DX Lab Commander now works properly at
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								non-integral kHz frequencies.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								3. A new meter widget has been added (thanks to PY2SDR).
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								4. Implementation of "multiple instances" has been completed and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								tested (thanks to KK1D). 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								5. Several minor bug fixes.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								July 15, 2013: Version 1.1 Beta Release, r3487
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								----------------------------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Version 1.1 of WSJT-X is "bi-lingual" -- it transmits and receives
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								both JT9 and JT65 signals, switching between modes automatically as
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								needed.  The maximum displayed bandwidth has been increased from 1 to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								5 kHz.  If your receiver has an upper-sideband filter at least 4 kHz
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								wide, on most bands you can have all the JT65 *and* all the JT9
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								activity on screen at once, available for making QSOs.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Other improvements since v1.0, r3323 include the following:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								1. CAT control via DxLab Commander.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								2. Improved GUI appearance, especially on Linux and OS X.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								3. Compilable with Qt5 as well as Qt4.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								4. Fixed occasional program crashes caused by receiving a message in
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								the form "call1 call2" (with no grid, report, etc.).
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								5. Improved handling of audio device selection in Linux.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								6. Log QSO frequency, instead of dial frequency only.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								7. Added Tx Power to ADIF log information.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								8. Added option to retain between QSOs the Power and Comments fields
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								for ADIF and wsjtx logs.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								9. Added optional antenna description for PSK Reporter.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								10 Fixed a bug in handling of logged grid locator when none was
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								available on the double-clicked line.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								11. Fixed a bug that caused small differences in the lengths of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								transmitted symbols.  This leads to improved decoding.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								12. Tx message (highlighted in yellow) now includes a mode flag and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								the audio offset from dial frequency.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								13. Added a spinner control for Rx Freq.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								14. New on-screen button "Lock Tx=Rx" locks Tx and Rx frequencies
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								together.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								15. Allow Windows COM port number greater than 9.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								16. Don't clear DxGrid when user double-clicks on a message with no
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								grid, if the message's Tx call is same as DxCall.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								17. Double-click on yellow Tx message now sets frequency, but does
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								nothing else.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								18. Rationalized the logic of the CAT control indicator button. Now
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								colored grey/green/orange/red -- see User's Guide.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								19. Operating in "Split Tx" mode is optional (but with most radios is
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								necessary if you will transmit at more than 2.7 kHz above dial
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								frequency).
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								20. The correct TxMode label now appears on program startup.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								21. "Transmitting..." message in ALL.TXT now has the correct TxMode.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								22. File wsjt_status.txt includes TxMode.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								23. F4 clears Az, Dist, and the Tx message boxes.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								24. You can decode JT9 signals in the JT65 frequency range, and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								vice-versa, by double-clicking the signal in the waterfall.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								25. Better logic for enabling/disabling the TestPTT button.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								26. Do not call getFreq() when the TestPTT button is clicked and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								PTTmethod is via CAT control.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								27. New cold-start default frequencies are set at reasonable values
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								for JT65.  A "+2 kHz" checkbox is provided for quick setup in JT9-only
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								mode.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								28. Default macros added as simple examples.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								In case you wondered about r3482, which was posted for a few hours 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								only...
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								It was repleced by r3487 in order to fix two bugs.  Revision 3487 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								uses more sensible logic for what to do when the "DX Grid" entry is 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								edited, and it fixes a bug that could prevent program restart if 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								you had exited the program with "+2 kHz" checked.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								May 30, 2013: Version 1.0, r3323
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								--------------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								With this release of WSJT-X Version 1.0 we include a few (relatively
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								minor) enhancements in response to user requests, as well as some
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								program polishing and cleanup.  Active program development will
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								continue, but new releases will become less frequent.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								1. New option on the Setup menu: "Tx freq locked to Rx freq".
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								2. Double-click on a decoded "73" message now sets Tx5, rather than Tx6.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								3. New keyboard shortcuts: Alt+1 through Alt+6 set the next Tx message 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   at the corresponding number.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								4. PTT control via Ham Radio Deluxe has been imnplemented and tested.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								5. "Tool Tips" are now provided for most on-screen controls.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								6. Under Linux and OS X, listings of available audio devices and APIs
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   have been corrected.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								7. Tab order among GUI controls has been cleaned up.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								8. Updates to the WSJT-X User's Guide.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								May 22, 2013: v0.99, r3297
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								--------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								1. CAT control via Ham Radio Deluxe is now available.  For setup
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   details see item #5 at the top of page 6 of the updated WSJT-X
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   User's Guide.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								2. Submodes JT9-5, JT8-10, JT9-30 have been de-activated.  (As far as I
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   know, nobody was using them.)  This action makes the program smaller 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   by some 150 MB and able to run effectively on some older computers.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								3. Bizarre ordering of COM port numbers on the drop-down list has been
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   corrected, and suitable serial ports added to the list displayed in
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   Linux.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								4. Gray bar between decoding periods now contains a dashed line.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								5. Corrected a bug that prevented use of Setup | Configuration with
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   no existing wsjtx.ini file.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								May 17, 2013: v0.95, r3278
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								--------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								1.  Double-clicking on a decoded text line in "Band Activity" window
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    now copies the line into the "QSO Frequency" window if it was not
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    already there.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								2.  Option "Color highlighting in left window" removed from Setup
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    menu.  Highlighting is now always done.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								3.  Positions of "QSO Frequency" and "Band Activity" windows have been
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    swapped.  
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								4.  F4 was restored to its previous use; F5 is now used to display
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    Special Mouse Commands
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								5.  Small square between Band selector and Frequency readout was made
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    a control button.  Orange indicates one-way CAT control from
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    program to radio, red indicates bi-directional control.  Clicking
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    the orange button causes a one-time readout of dial frequency.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								6.  If Save=None, the last recorded file is deleted on program exit.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    This prevents unwanted accumulation of files in the Save
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    directory.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								7.  Status-bar messages were re-arranged in a more logical order.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								8.  Tx signal report was added to wsjtx_status.txt (for JT-Alert)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								9.  More informative labels were placed on the "Tab 2" GUI controls.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								10. Better default scaling for the "Cumulative" spectrum.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								11. New algorithm for identifying JT9 signals to send to decoder,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    resulting major improvements in decoder speed.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								12. Bug fixes:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								     - Incorrect displayed frequencies for JT9-2 signals
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								     - Infinitely repeated "Error rigOpen -1" messages
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								     - User tries to open CAT control using busy or nonexistent serial port
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								13. Many updates to the User's Guide
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								May 2, 2013: v0.95, r3251
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								-------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								1. The "band change" function is executed whenever the Band combobox
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   is activated, even if the selected band has not changed.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								2. The program does not set rig mode.  That task is left to the user.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								3. Time interval for polling rig frequency is now a user parameter on
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   the setup screen.  I set mine to 1 second, which works fine with
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   the Kenwood TS-2000.  Set it to 0 if you want no polling for
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   frequency (which means unidirectional CAT control from program to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   radio).  Choose something like 10 s for the K3.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								4. Much new work on the WSJT-X User's Guide, which is approaching its
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   final form for Version 1.0.  Please read it and tell us about
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   anything you find unclear or missing!
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								These changes address nearly all of the CAT issues found by a few
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								users -- those with K3, IC-746, IC-706, in particular.  
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								One additional piece of advice when running WSJT-X in Windows: connect
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								and turn on the radio and any interface equipment before starting
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								WSJT-X, and exit the program before turning such equipment off.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								April 29, 2013: v0.95, r3243
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								----------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								1. Now has bi-directionsl CAT control using direct calls to hamlib
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   functions.  Highlights displayed dial frequency with red background
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   if frequency differs from nominal for the selected band by more
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   than 100 kHz.  (Is there a more useful or logical condition to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   flag?)  Small red square between Band selector and Dial Frequency
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   display to indicate that CAT control is active.  Mode is set to USB
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   on startup.  (Note: CAT control diagnostics are presently rather
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   rudimentary, we're still working on this.  Feedback is welcome!)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								2. New controls on Setup | Configuration screen: 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   - RTS/DTR OFF -- needed by K2 and maybe other radios
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   - Data / Mic -- select CAT-control PTT type
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   - Test CAT Control -- try settings before returning to main screen
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   - Test PTT -- try settings for toggling PTT On/Off
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								3. Help menu now provides displays of Keyboard Shortcuts (quick access
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   via F3) and Special Mouse Commands (F4).
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								4. Option "Setup | Advanced | Allow multiple instances" enables the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   use of more than one instance of WSJT-X for special applications.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   (The program must be copied into and run from different
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   directories.)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								5. No posts to PSK Reporter if band was changed during the reception
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   period.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								6. Improved behavior of Tune button.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								7. Improved inter-process communication between WSJT-X and JT-Alert-X.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								8. Better interaction between "Report" spinner control and Tx messages.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								9. Removed the NB checkbox and slider.  (Has anyone found these useful?)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								10. New buttons on main window: "Tx=Rx" sets Tx frequency to current
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    Rx frequency; "Rx=Tx" does the opposite.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								11. Log QSO confirmation window is now "non-modal": you can keep it 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    open and still access controls on the main window.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								12. Tab-order has been rationalized on most screens.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								13. Dial frequency and mode written to file ALL.TXT.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								14. Double-click on decoded line sets Tx message #3 if message has
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								     the form "MyCall Call2 rpt".
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								15. Bug causing occasional, seemingly unpredictable program crashes
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    has been fixed.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								16. The WSJT-X User's Guide is somewhat closer to being complete.  User
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    feedback on the Guide will be most welcome.  What is unclear?  What
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    is missing?
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								April 17, 2013: v0.9, r3195
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								---------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								1. Sorry, the CAT control changes in r3187/3188 were a dismal failure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								in many stations, and they introduced other bugs as well.  This revision
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								goes back to uni-directional CAT control: the program can set the 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								radio's dial frequency and do T/R switching, but that's all.  The band
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								setting is not reset on program startup.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								2. Logic for the Tune button has been corrected.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								3. For Linux compile-it-yourself enthusiasts: the interface to 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								PSK Reporter is now working undel Linux.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								April 16, 2013: v0.9, r3188
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								---------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								1. CAT control now reads and follows changes in radio's dial
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								frequency.  Readout gets red highlighting if radio is on wrong band.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								On program restart, band is reset to the last selected band.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								2. New "Tune" button generates an unmodulated carrier.  Toggle button
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								a second time to turn Tx off.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								3. Added labels at top of "Tab 2" and enlarged the text entry fields.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								4. Fixed the broken logic for "Runaway Tx watchdog".
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								5. Fixed "Prompt me to log QSO" so that it no longer requires also
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								setting "ID after 73".
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								6. Additional changes of (eventual) interest to Linux users.  Code for
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								sending spots to PSK Reporter now in place.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								April 13, 2013: v0.9, r3166
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								---------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								1. Option to send Tx messages (highlighted in yellow) to the QSO window.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								2. Prevent starting a transmission more than 24 sec into a Tx period.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								3. "Setup | Options" changed to "Setup | Configuration".
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								4. Type Alt-V to save the most recently completed Rx file.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								5. Fixed bug that truncated Rx messages to 16 characters.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								6. Internal program changes that should provide better user diagnostics
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								when necessary at program startup.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								April 11, 2013: v0.9, r3157
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								---------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								1. Maximum size of several window areas increased to accommodate system 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								fonts set larger than default.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								2. New behavior of Erase button: click once to erase the left (QSO) window,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								twice to erase both decoded text windows.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								3. Keyboard shortcuts:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   Alt-D: decode again at QSO frequency (same as clicking the Decode() button)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   Shift-D: do another full decode in both windows
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   Alt-E: Erase()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   Ctrl-F: Edit the free text message box
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   Alt-H: Halt Tx()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   Alt M: Monitor()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   Alt-N: Enable Tx()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   Alt-Q: Log QSO()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   Alt-S: Stop()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								4. New Setup options: "Tx disabled after sending 73" and "Runaway Tx 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								watchdog".
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								5. Fixed bug in saving the "report received" for logging purposes.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								6. Corrected the logic for "Runaway Tx watchdog".
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								7. Fixed bug that truncated characters 17 and 18 of decoded messages.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								April 10, 2013: v0.9, r3151
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								---------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								1. Blank line between decoding periods is now in the right-hand 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								text window, where it should be.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								2. Decoding range defined by fMin and fMax is now enforced.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								April 9, 2013: v0.9, r3143
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								--------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								This minor release restores the decoding speed of earlier revisions
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								and corrects a bug that prevented sending CW ID.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								April 9, 2013: v0.9, r3142
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								--------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								This version of WSJT-X has a number of significant changes.  Please
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								read the following notes carefully.  Also -- even if you are already
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								familiar with WSJT-X -- be sure to read the updated WSJT-X User's 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Guide at 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								http://www.physics.princeton.edu/pulsar/K1JT/WSJT-X_Users_Guide.pdf ,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								especially pages 3 and 4.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Changes since v0.8 r3118 include the following:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								1. There are now two scrolling windows for decoded text.  The left
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								window contains decodes only from close to the designated QSO
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								frequency.  The right window includes signals over the full decoding
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								range.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								2. An alternative set of controls is now available for generating and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								selecting Tx messages.  Some may find these more convenient to use
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								than the Tx1 through Tx6 message boxes.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								3. A number of new user options are available on the Setup menu:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   - Blank line between decoding periods (right window only)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   - Clear DX Call and DX Grid after logging QSO
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   - Display distances in miles
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   - Runaway Tx watchdog
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   - Background colors for left window
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   - Double-click on decoded message sets Tx Enable
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								4. New or changed on-screen features
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   - "Tol" replaced by fMin and fMax on waterfall screen (see User's Guide)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   - Spinner control for signal report
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   - On waterfall scale: green marker for Rx freq, red for Tx. blue
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								     for decoding range
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								5. New behavior
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   - "CQ DX" is now treated properly when decoded line is double-clicked
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   - Message formate for compound callsigns (e.g., PJ4/K1ABC, G4XYZ/P)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								     are now handled correctly.  (Some restrictions apply, and will
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								     be spelled out in the completed User's Guide.)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   - Decode button now causes a decode only at the specified Rx frequency.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   - Click on waterfall spectrum sets Rx freq; double-click also invokes
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								     decoder (as though Decode button had been clicked).  CTRL-click moves
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								     both Rx and Tx freqs.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   - Amplitude at end of transmission is ramped down to prevent a final
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								     key click.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								6. The following bugs have been fixed:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   - Logic error in decoder
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   - Certain non-standard Tx messages could cause a program crash.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   - Certain (rarely used) messages did not pack/unpack correctly
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								April 2, 2013: v0.8, r3118
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								--------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								1. Improved interface to program JT-Alert, by VK3AMA.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								2. The LogQSO confirmation dialog no longer blocks the GUI updating
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   process.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								3. A blank line with gray background separates the decoded text lines for
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   each new invocation of the decoder.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								4. New suggested default frequencies: 5.357, 18.104, and 24.918 MHz.  
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   Be sure to edit these entries on the 'Default Frequencies' tab of the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   Setup screen.  (When you have done this once, the new values will be
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   remembered.)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								5. The LogQSO button now does nothing is the 'DX call' entry field is
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   blank.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								6. Several minor bugs were fixed.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								March 27, 2013: v0.8, r3113
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								---------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								1. Bug fix: VOX control of T/R switching now works.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								2. Potentially useful error messages now appear when CAT control
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   has failed.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								3. Added an instruction on the Log QSO confirmation screen.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								4. Clear the DXcall and DXgrid entries after logging a QSO.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								March 26, 2013: v0.8, r3112
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								---------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Edson Pereira, PY2SDR, recently became an active contributor to this
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								open-source project.  Edson and I have been very busy over the past
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								few days!  WSJT-X revision 3112 has many changes and new features.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								1. The GUI layout has been adjusted and optimized.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								2. CAT control is now operational, offering optional control of your
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   radio's dial frequency and T/R status.  Go to the Setup | Options
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   window to select the necessary parameters.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								3. CW ID has been implemented.  You can have your ID sent after a fixed 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   time interval, or automatically when you transmit a "73" or free
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   text message.  
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								4. Default dial frequencies are available for each band on a new tab
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   on the Setup | Options window.  Please note: some of these
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   frequencies are probably wrong!  You can edit them as needed.  
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   (Please let us know if the original values are inconsistent with
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   actual practice on any band.)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								5. Several new options appear on the Setup menu.  Try them!
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								6. Azimuth and Distance information is displayed whenever a valid grid
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   locator appears in the "Dx Grid" box.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								7. The decoder has again been adjusted for better compromise between
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   sensitivity and decoding time.  
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								8. The User's Guide is out of date, and needs work.  We hope to get to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   that task soon.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								9. Very important for some would-be users: WSJT-X now runs properly
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   under Linux.  We haven't made a package yet, so for now you must
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   compile your own.  If you don't know how, we hope to be set up
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								   to make packages before too long.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								10. If you know someone who might be interested in contributing to the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    development of WSJT-X and related projects, please send him/her
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    our way!  We're especially looking for someone interested in
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    producing packaged Linux distributions -- for example, *.deb or
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								    *.rpm packages, but other programming help is also wanted.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								As always: please report bugs, and don't be bashful about sending us
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								your feature requests!
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								March 22, 2013: v0.7, r3071
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								---------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								1. Correct a bug that (still) allowed display of previous decodes
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								when nothing new was decoded.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								2. Add a user confirmation screen activated when you click Log QSO.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								This lets you edit or add information before it is written to the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								ADIF file.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								3. Tx message macros and now available.  Configure them on the Setup 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								window.  They are invoked as a pop-up menu by right-clicking on the 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Tx5 message window; then select the desired message by left-clicking 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								on the desired message. 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								March 20, 2013: v0.7, r3063
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								---------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								1. Add Frequency to the generated ADIF records.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								2. Correct a decoder bug that led to duplication of previous output 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								when nothing new was decoded.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								March 19, 2013: v0.7, r3061
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								---------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								1. Allow Windows COM port numbers up to 99.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								2. Replace status files wsjtx_qrg.txt and wsjtx_txcall.txt with
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								a single file, wsjtx_status.txt.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								3. Combine wsjtx_rx.log and wsjtx_tx.log into a single file ALL.TXT.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								4. "Log QSO" now writes a file in ADIF format.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								5. Starting to implement popup macros for Tx message #5.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								6. Big improvement in decoding speed.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								*** More changes to come!  Please report any problems, especially
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								*** with the ADIF-format log.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								March 12, 2013: v0.6, r3046
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								---------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								1. Decoded calls can now be uploaded to the PSK Reporter web site. 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Check the box "Enable PSK Reporter" on the Setup screen, and go to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								http://pskreporter.info/pskmap.html to see the spots.  Be sure to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								enter your "Dial Frequency (MHz)" at lower right of the Wide Graph
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								window.  (Rig control features are yet to come...)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								2. Added some interfaces to permit use with the program JT-Alert,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								by VK3AMA.  Look for this capability in the near future. 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								March 6, 2013: v0.5, r3038
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								--------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								1. Selection of Current/Cumulative/JT9Sync for the 2d spectral display
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								changed to a combobox.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								2. Double-click on decoded text does not change frequency settings
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								if first decoded call is MyCall.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								March 1, 2013: v0.5, r3026
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								--------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								1. The horizontal scale of 2d spectra (e.g., the "red curve") is now
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								correct when the user has selected FFT Bins/Pixel > 1.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								2. Double-clicking on a decoded text line now selects the second
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								callsign independent of exactly where one has clicked on the line.  
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								In addition, it sets the selected frequencies (both Tx and Rx) to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								the frequency of the decoded transmission.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								December 11, 2012: v0.5, r2791
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								------------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								1. Messages of the form "CQ DX K1ABC" are now supported.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								November 30, 2012: v0.5, r2788
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								------------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								1. A bug was introduced when support for positive signal reports was
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								added.  It could cause a program crash when certain free-text messages
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								were composed for transmission.  The bug has been fixed.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								2. In the slower JT9 sub-modes, the UTC listed on decoded text lines
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								has been changed to the start time of the Rx sequence, rather than the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								time of the final minute.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								3. The waterfall's "Auto Zero" button had no function, and has been
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								removed.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								4. In previous revisions the installer put a number of DLLs into
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								the Windows system directory, normally C:\Windows\System32.  This
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								revision installs the DLLs to the WSJT-X installation directory.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								November 29, 2012: v0.5, r2786
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								------------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								1. In r2783, the companion program jt9.exe (started automatically when
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								you start WSJT-X) was a CPU hog for no good reason.  This was an
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								oversight on my part, and the bug has been corrected.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								2. The program should now run correctly if installed in a directory
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								whose name contains embedded spaces.  (Under Vista and Win7, however,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								it's still not a good idea to install WSJT-X into C:\Program Files,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								because of restricted write permissions there.)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								3. In r2783 and earlier, stopping a transmission by toggling to "Auto
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								OFF" would terminate Tx audio and release PTT almost simultaneously,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								possibly hot-switching your T/R relay(s).  This has been corrected so
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								that proper sequencing takes place.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								November 28, 2012: v0.5, r2783
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								------------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								This revision has an unusually large number of changes relative to the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								previous release, v0.4 r2746.  These changes include:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								1. PTT control via COM ports COM10 and higher is enabled.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								2. Improved decoder performance: higher speed as well as better
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								chances of success.  Moderate amounts of frequency drift are detected
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								and compensated.  Computed S/N values are more reliable.  Time offsets
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								from -2.5 to +5 s are now supported, which makes JT9 usable for EME.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								(EME tests on 144 MHz have been successful, and performance on that
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								propagation mode appears to be good.)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								3. Tx Frequency now tracks the selected QSO Frequency (unless you hold
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								down the CTRL key when setting QSO Frequency via mouse-clicks or the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								F11/F12 keys).
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								4. Decoded text containing "CQ " is highlighted with green background;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								text including "MyCall" is highlighted in red.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								5. In previous versions, signal reports were required to be in the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								range -30 to -01 dB.  In v0.5 r2782 the range has been extended to -50
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								to +49 dB.  There is backward compatibility for the range -30 to -01,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								but reports in the range -50 to -31 and 0 to +49 will NOT be decoded
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								correctly by previous program versions.  It is important to upgrade!
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								6. Items "Save Synced" and "Save Decoded" are now implemented.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								7. UTC Date, JT9 submode, and a parameter related to the decoding
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								procedure are now included in file wsjtx_rx.log.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								8. Editing of Tx messages (in any of the six Tx message boxes) is
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								complete when you hit "Tab" or "Return".  The message is then parsed
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								and converted to the form in which it will be displayed if decoding is
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								successful.  Free-text messages are trimmed to 13 characters and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								highlighted with a pink background.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								9. The most recent transmitted message is displayed in the right-most
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								label on the status bar.  This can be useful if you have lost track of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								where you were in a QSO.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								10. By default, the program now starts with Monitor ON.  An option on
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								the Setup menu allows you to select "Monitor OFF at startup".
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								11. Better scaling is provided for the red "JT9 Sync" curve.  Note
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								that JT9 signals in the active sub-mode should appear in this plot as
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								a bump of width equal to the total signal bandwidth, with a narrow and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								slightly higher bump at the left edge.  The narrow bump is the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								frequency of the Sync tone, which is defined as the nominal frequency
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								of the JT9 signal.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								12. Basic QSO information is now written to file wsjt.log when you
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								click the "Log QSO" button.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								13. The WSJT-X User's Guide has been updated.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								14. Other known bugs have been fixed.  There will probably be new
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								ones!  When you find one, or if you know of any old ones that have NOT
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								been fixed, please send me email.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Summary of Present Status
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								----------------------------------------------------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								I believe that WSJT-X is now a stable and very usable program.  Many
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								thousands of QSOs have been made with JT9-1, mostly at HF -- I have
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								made nearly 100, myself.  Also a number of QSOs have also been
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								completed at MF, and successful tests have been made on 2m EME, etc.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								A number of QSOs have also been made with JT9-2.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								As far as I know the slower modes (JT9-5, JT9-10, and JT9-30) also
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								work correctly.  (Certainly they do in my laboratory test setup.)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Most people will find these modes too slow for "everyday" use, and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								they require high frequency stability.  It remains to be seen whether
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								they will be widely used.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								An alternative approach to obtaining improved sensitivity would be to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								give the decoder an ability to average over several successive
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								transmissions.  For example, the average of five JT9-1 transmissions
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								could reach a decoding threshold around -32 dB, only 2 dB worse than a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								single JT9-5 transmission.  Because of QSB, the shorter transmissions
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								may actually succeed in less total time.  Stability requirements would
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								be those of JT9-1, much less stringent than those of JT9-5.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Program development is not finished, by any means.  I will be grateful
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								for your feedback on performance issues, as well as your "wish-list"
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								of features to be added.  As always, example recordings of files that
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								you think should have decoded, but did not, will be much appreciated.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								November 16, 2012: v0.4, r2746
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								------------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Changes from v0.4 r2731 include the following:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								1. Valid signal reports are now generated by double-clicking on a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								callsign in the decoded text window.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								2. Consecutive spaces in a Tx message are now collapsed into a single
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								space.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								3. Decoding speed is much improved, especially when strong (possibly
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								non-JT9) signals are present and "Tol" is set to a relatively large
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								value.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								4. Scaling of the "JT9 Sync" plot (red curve) is more reasonable.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								5. Layout of widgets on the main window has been improved.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								6. Several minor bug fixes. 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								November 14, 2012: v0.4, r2731
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								------------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								A number of known bugs have been fixed, and the JT9 decoder is
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								significantly improved.  Among other improvements, the program is now
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								much less fussy about timing issues.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								November 6, 2012: v0.3, r2717
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								------------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Changes from r2713 include the following:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								1. A bug in the decoder that led to erratic behavior (failed decodes)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								under certain conditions has been corrected.  Decoding is now much
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								more reliable.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								2. A valid algorithm is now used to calculate S/N values for received
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								JT9 signals.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								3. The header format of recorded *.wav files has been corrected.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								These files will now play correctly in Windows programs that expect
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								the standard header.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								November 6, 2012: v0.2, r2713
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								------------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Changes from r2711 include the following:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								1. Updates to the Quick-Start User's Guide,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								http://www.physics.princeton.edu/pulsar/K1JT/WSJT-X_Users_Guide.pdf
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								2. Double-click on waterfall now sets Tol to a reduced
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								(mode-dependent) value.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								3. Tol is saved and restored on program restart.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								4. A "digital gain" slider was added next to the green-bar audio level
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								indicator.  With the slider at mid-range, the scale reads correctly in
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								dB above the least significant bit of 16-bit audio data.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								5. There is now a test that rejects at least one type of data that is
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								sufficiently corrupt to cause Eddie's best friend, the message
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								"15P6715P67WCV".
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								6. Several minor tweaks to improve decoder performance.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								7. The program now starts with Monitor OFF.  You must click Monitor to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								start accepting audio.  For some types of testing, this may be an
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								advantage.  This startup condition may be changed again, in the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								future.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								October 31, 2012: v0.2, r2711
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								-----------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Three significant changes since r2706:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								1. Three options are now provided on the "Decode" menu, controlling
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								the "depth" of the decoding process.  For most purposes I suggest you
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								should use "Normal", but feel free to experiment with the others.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								2. Decoding of multiple signals in one Rx interval has been improved.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								3. Handling of strong signals has been improved. 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								October 309, 2012: v0.2, r2706
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								------------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Changes since r2702 include the following:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								1. The problem with "ghost" signals is fixed.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								2. A problem causing very long decode times under certain
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								circumstances has been fixed.  Please note: decode times on any recent
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								PC should no more than a few seconds!
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								3. I have re-directed the program's fatal error messages so they will
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								be sent to the command-prompt window from which you started the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								program. Please send me full reports on any such messages you observe,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								preferably with details on how to reproduce the problem.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								#########################################################################
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Some additional information ...
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								1. Yes, the JT9 modes require good stability in all system
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								oscillators.  The present JT9 bdecoder does not attempt to track
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								frequency drifts. Such capability will be added, however.  We have
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								been using digital modes for EME for nearly ten years now, at 144 MHz
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								and higher.  There are more than 1000 WSJT users on EME, using all
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								kinds of rige.  We have learned how to deal with reasonable rates of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								drift.  Surely if we can do these things at VHF, we can do them much
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								more easily at MF and LF.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								2. If you're sure that you have seen degraded JT9 performance because
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								of frequency stability issues, don't just complain on the LF
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								reflector. Document your case and send me an example file with a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								drifting JT9 signal.  Making WSJT-X and JT9 better is partly YOUR
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								responsibility!
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								3. In other ways as well, test files are needed.  I can make many
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								tests myself, but I can't foresee all the problems others will have.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								That's what the "Save All" function is for!  In these early tests,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								always run with "Save All" checked, just in case you will want to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								refer back to something that happened.  You may want to send me the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								file in question.  You can always clean out your "Save" directory by
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								using "File | Delete all *.wav files in SaveDir".  I need good
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								examples of signals that fail to decode for any unknown reason.  Also
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								some good examples of atmospheric or other impulsive noise, for
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								testing the noise blanker.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								4. I have added a page of "Hints for New Users" to the online WSJT-X
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								User's Guide,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								http://www.physics.princeton.edu/pulsar/K1JT/WSJT-X_Users_Guide.pdf .
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Please read it! ... and let me know if you find other operational
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								details of WSJT-X that need explanation.  This will likely be
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								especially true for those not already familiar with older versions of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								WSJT.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								5. An operational suggestion: In many ways the different JT9 submodes
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								are treated as distinct modes.  If you receive a JT9-x signal in a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								different submode than the one you have selected, you won't decode
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								it. For this reason, if JT9 is to become popular we'll probably need
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								to choose one or two of the submodes for general use, and perhaps
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								assign a narrow slice of the band to each one.  Note that "message
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								averaging" in the Rx software can make two or three JT9-2
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								transmissions as good as one JT9-5 transmission, with the advantage
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								that you will copy sooner if signals are better than required for
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								JT9-5.  Message averaging is not yet present in the JT9 decoder... but
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								in future it can be.  Again, we have dealt with such issues very
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								effectively on EME -- and can do so at MF/LF, for sure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								6. On the topic of CW, Beacons, WSPR, JT9, etc.  I really don't
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								understand what all the fuss is about.  Surely there is room for
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								everybody?  Maybe I'm just too new here to understand?  (Mal, is this
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								mostly just a matter of "Mal being Mal"???)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								On the HF bands, the WSPR sub-band is just 200 Hz wide.  If we did the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								same on 630 m, the WSPR sub-band would take up less than 3% of the 7
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								kHz band.  If that's too much, we could cut it in half, or even less,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								and still have enough WSPR space.  Moreover, a "slow WSPR", if
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								warranted, would require even less bandwidth.  Similar comments apply
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								to JT9.  The bandwidth of JT9 signals is significantly less than that
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								of CW, for comparable information rates.  There should be enough
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								spectrum for both, even in our narrow MF and LF bands.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								7. As for performance comparisons between JT9 and WSPR: WSPR is a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								mature program, and its decoder has been optimized and tweaked over a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								period approaching five years.  You are playing with JT9 in infancy.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								With help (as opposed to simple complaints) from users, it will
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								improve rapidly.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								October 29, 2012: v0.2, r2702
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								-----------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Changes since version 0.1, r2696 include the following:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								1. Sample rate for audio output has been changed from 12000 to 48000
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Hz.  Tx audio may now be generated at any frequency from 500 to 20000
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Hz.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								2. The Decoder now tries to decode all synchronizable signals in the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								"green zone", that is, within "Tol" Hz of the selected QSO
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								frequency. (Before, by default it decoded only the signal producing
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								the highest "sync" value.  Other signals could be decoded by manually
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								setting the QSO frequency and reducing Tol as needed.)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								3. The user's selected QSO Frequency is now saved and restored on
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								program restart.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								4. The problem with re-initialization after changing sub-modes has
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								been fixed.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								5. The problem (for some users) of not releasing PTT after end of a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								transmission has been fixed.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								6. The program now writes a log of all decodes to a file wsjtx_rx.log
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								in the wsjtx directory.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								October 25, 2012: v0.1, r2695
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								-----------------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
									
								 | 
							
							
								Initial version of WSJT-X (experimental WSJT) released for testing.
							 |